1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
206 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
704 unsigned int i
, type
;
707 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
710 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
711 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
714 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
718 static reloc_howto_type
*
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
853 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
868 static reloc_howto_type
*
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
875 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
897 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
898 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
907 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
928 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
931 asection
*input_section
,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
937 bfd_size_type octets
;
940 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
942 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
946 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
947 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
948 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
953 value
= symbol
->value
;
954 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
955 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
956 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
957 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
958 + input_section
->output_offset
959 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
962 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
963 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
965 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
972 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
975 asection
*input_section
,
977 char **error_message
)
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
982 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
984 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
986 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
989 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
991 *error_message
= buf
;
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name
;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name
;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1065 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1067 unsigned char *contents
;
1069 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1073 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1077 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1082 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1090 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1092 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1098 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1103 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1104 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1110 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1111 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1115 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1126 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1130 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1131 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1133 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1146 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1149 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1153 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1184 switch (note
->descsz
)
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1205 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1211 switch (note
->descsz
)
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1230 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1231 int n
= strlen (command
);
1233 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1234 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1250 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1253 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1254 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1255 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1264 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1270 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1281 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1282 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1283 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1285 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1287 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1289 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1292 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1315 return rel
->address
;
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1334 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1339 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1340 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1342 if (strncmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1344 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1359 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1360 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1370 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1375 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1390 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1392 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1400 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1402 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1405 unsigned int p_flags
;
1407 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1410 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1412 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1414 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1418 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1423 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1425 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1427 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1429 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1433 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1434 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1437 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1445 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1446 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1455 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1456 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1457 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1461 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1462 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1463 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1464 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1466 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1490 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1506 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1510 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1511 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1521 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1522 unsigned long value
;
1526 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1533 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1539 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1541 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1543 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1545 entry
= entry
->next
;
1548 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1552 entry
->value
= value
;
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1560 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1561 unsigned long count
;
1563 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1565 entry
= entry
->next
)
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1574 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1578 entry
= entry
->next
)
1581 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1587 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1589 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1591 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1607 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1610 unsigned long length
;
1611 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1613 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1621 unsigned long datum
;
1623 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length
= asec
->size
;
1634 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1638 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1639 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1644 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1645 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1647 /* xgettext:c-format */
1648 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1652 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1653 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1654 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1655 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1656 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1659 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1663 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1666 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1667 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1668 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1671 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1672 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1673 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1676 error_message
= NULL
;
1680 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1681 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1683 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1684 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1686 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1689 /* xgettext:c-format */
1690 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1699 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1702 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1703 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1706 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1707 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1709 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1711 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1714 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1717 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1722 unsigned num_entries
;
1723 bfd_size_type length
;
1725 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1732 length
= asec
->size
;
1736 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1740 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1744 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1745 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1747 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1748 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1749 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1752 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1754 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1758 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1759 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1761 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1762 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1766 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1770 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1772 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1773 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1777 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1779 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1781 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1784 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1785 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1786 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1787 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1791 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1793 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1794 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1795 && section
->vma
<= vma
1796 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1800 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1801 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1804 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1805 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1806 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1807 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1811 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1818 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1821 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1824 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1828 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1832 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1833 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1834 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1835 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1837 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1838 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1839 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1840 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1842 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1844 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1846 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1849 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1850 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1853 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1854 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1856 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1857 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1859 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1862 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1864 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1865 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1867 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1868 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1869 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1876 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1879 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1880 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1886 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1887 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1888 glink stubs now reside. */
1889 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1893 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1894 from the first glink stub. */
1895 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1896 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1898 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1900 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1902 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1903 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1905 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1906 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1908 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1909 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1911 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1913 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1918 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1919 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1920 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1921 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1922 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1923 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1924 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1925 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1926 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1927 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1929 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1932 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1933 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1936 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1937 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1938 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1940 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1942 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1945 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1948 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1950 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1954 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1955 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1956 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1957 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1961 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1962 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1964 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1965 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1966 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1967 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1968 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1969 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1971 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1974 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1975 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1979 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1980 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1981 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1982 names
+= strlen (names
);
1984 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1985 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1990 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1991 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1993 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1995 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1997 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1998 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2004 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2005 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2007 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2009 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2011 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2012 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2020 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2021 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2022 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2023 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2024 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2027 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2028 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2031 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2033 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2034 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2035 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2036 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2037 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2040 /* The .got2 section. */
2043 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2046 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2050 /* .glink stub offset. */
2051 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2054 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2055 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2056 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2059 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2060 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2065 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2066 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2067 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2068 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2073 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2074 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2081 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2082 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2083 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2084 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2085 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2089 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2090 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2091 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2093 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2095 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2098 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2100 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2103 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2104 unsigned int count
: 31;
2106 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2107 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2110 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2112 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2114 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2116 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2117 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2118 from the beginning of the section. */
2119 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2121 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2122 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
2124 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2125 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2126 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2127 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2128 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2129 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2130 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2131 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2132 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2133 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2134 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2135 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2136 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2137 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2138 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2139 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2141 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2142 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2143 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2144 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2145 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2147 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2149 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2151 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2152 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2153 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2156 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2158 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2162 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2164 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2165 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2167 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2171 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2173 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2175 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2177 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2180 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2181 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2183 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2186 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2188 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2192 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2193 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2195 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2196 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2197 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2198 unsigned int got_gap
;
2200 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2201 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2203 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2204 unsigned int is_vxworks
:1;
2206 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2207 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2208 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2209 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2211 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2212 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2214 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2215 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2217 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2219 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2221 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2222 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2224 /* Small local sym cache. */
2225 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2228 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2229 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2231 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2232 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2234 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2236 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2238 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2239 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2241 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2243 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2244 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2245 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2247 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2249 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2250 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2251 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2258 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2259 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2264 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2265 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2268 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2269 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2270 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2271 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2277 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2279 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2280 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2282 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2283 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2284 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2286 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2290 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2291 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2292 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2299 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2300 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2301 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2302 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2304 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2306 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2307 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2308 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2310 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2311 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2312 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2314 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2315 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2316 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2318 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2321 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2324 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2326 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2329 htab
->params
= params
;
2330 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2333 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2336 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2338 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2340 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2343 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2344 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
2346 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2348 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2349 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2350 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2357 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2358 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2359 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2362 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2363 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2365 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2369 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2370 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2372 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2377 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2378 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2380 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2381 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2383 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2388 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2390 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2395 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2396 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2397 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2399 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2400 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2401 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2403 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2406 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2408 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2409 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2410 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2411 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2413 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2417 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2418 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2421 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2424 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2425 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2426 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2427 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2429 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2432 /* Local plt entries. */
2433 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2434 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2435 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2437 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2438 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2441 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2443 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2444 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2446 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2447 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2448 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2452 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2456 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2463 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2464 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2465 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2468 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2470 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2474 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2476 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2477 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2480 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2483 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2484 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2487 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2488 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2493 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2495 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2496 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2497 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2500 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2504 if (htab
->is_vxworks
2505 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2509 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2510 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2511 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2512 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2513 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2516 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2519 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2520 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2521 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2523 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2525 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2526 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2528 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2529 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2531 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2532 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2533 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2534 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2535 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2536 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2537 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2539 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2540 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2543 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2545 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2547 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2550 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2551 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2552 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2554 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2556 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2557 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2559 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2560 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2567 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
2570 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
2571 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2574 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2575 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2576 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2577 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2579 /* And plt entries. */
2580 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2582 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2584 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2585 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2587 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2589 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2591 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2592 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2594 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2601 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2604 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2605 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2608 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2610 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2611 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2612 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2613 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2614 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2615 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2616 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2620 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2621 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2624 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2625 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2626 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2627 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2628 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2632 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2633 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2634 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2635 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2637 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2639 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2641 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2642 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2644 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2646 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2647 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2649 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2652 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2657 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2663 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2665 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2666 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2667 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2669 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2671 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2672 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2673 return linker_pointers
;
2678 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2681 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2682 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2683 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2684 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2686 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2687 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2688 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2691 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2693 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2696 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2698 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2699 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2700 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2705 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2709 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2711 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2712 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2714 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2717 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2720 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2721 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2726 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2729 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2730 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2735 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2738 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2739 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2740 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2741 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2742 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2744 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2747 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2748 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2749 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2750 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2752 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2754 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2755 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2759 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2760 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2761 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2767 static struct plt_entry
**
2768 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2769 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2770 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2773 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2774 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2775 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2777 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2779 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2781 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2782 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2783 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2784 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2785 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2787 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2790 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2791 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2792 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2793 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2794 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2795 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2799 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2800 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2802 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2806 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2807 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2811 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2812 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2817 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2818 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2821 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2825 static struct plt_entry
*
2826 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2828 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2832 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2833 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2839 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2841 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2842 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2843 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2844 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2845 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2846 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2847 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2848 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2849 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2850 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2851 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2854 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2857 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2859 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2860 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2861 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2862 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2866 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2869 /* xgettext:c-format */
2870 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2872 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2876 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2877 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2881 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2882 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2884 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2886 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2887 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2888 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2889 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2890 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2891 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2892 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2894 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2897 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2898 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2899 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2900 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2901 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2902 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2903 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2907 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2911 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2913 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2914 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2915 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2917 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2918 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2920 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2921 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2922 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2925 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2926 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2927 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2928 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2929 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2932 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2933 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2935 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2936 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2937 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2939 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2940 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2943 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2944 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2948 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2949 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2950 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2951 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2954 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2955 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2958 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2959 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2961 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2962 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2963 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2965 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2969 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2971 if (h
== NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
2973 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2978 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2980 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2981 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2982 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2986 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2987 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2989 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2990 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2991 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2992 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2993 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2996 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2997 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2998 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2999 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3000 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3001 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3002 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3003 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3004 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
3010 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
3011 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
3016 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3017 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3018 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3022 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3023 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3030 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3031 its parameter symbol. */
3033 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3035 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3036 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3047 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3054 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3059 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3061 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3062 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3063 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3066 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3067 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3068 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3069 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3070 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3072 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3075 /* GOT16 relocations */
3077 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3078 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3079 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3080 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3081 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3083 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3084 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3085 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3090 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3091 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3094 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3095 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3098 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3100 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3102 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3107 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3108 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3109 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3110 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3115 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3116 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3120 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3121 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3122 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3124 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3127 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3128 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3133 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3134 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3138 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3139 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3150 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3151 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3159 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3163 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3164 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3167 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3168 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3170 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3173 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3176 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3177 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3181 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3182 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3183 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3184 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3187 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3188 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3192 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3193 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3194 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3195 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3196 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3198 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3201 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3204 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3208 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3212 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3214 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3215 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3218 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3220 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3223 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3224 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3230 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3231 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3233 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3236 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3237 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3238 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3239 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3240 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3241 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3242 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3246 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3247 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3248 section relative. */
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3251 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3252 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3255 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3256 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3263 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3264 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3265 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3268 /* These are just markers. */
3270 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3274 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3275 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3279 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3281 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3282 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3283 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3284 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3287 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3292 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3293 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3296 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3297 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3298 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3300 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3301 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3303 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3306 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3311 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3312 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3313 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3314 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3318 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3319 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3320 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3321 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3325 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3329 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3330 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3331 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3332 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3336 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3337 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3343 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3344 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3345 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3347 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3348 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3349 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3350 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3351 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3354 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3356 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3361 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3364 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3365 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3368 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3375 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3376 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3379 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3381 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3382 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3383 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3386 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3388 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3389 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3390 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3391 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3392 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3398 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3399 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3402 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3404 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3406 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3407 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3415 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3416 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3417 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3419 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3420 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3422 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3428 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3429 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3430 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3431 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3432 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3433 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3434 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3435 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3436 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3437 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3438 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3439 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3440 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3441 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3442 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3445 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3446 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3447 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3449 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3450 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3452 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3453 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3454 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3455 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3456 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3458 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3459 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3463 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3464 "create relocation for %s\n",
3465 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3466 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3470 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3471 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3473 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3474 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3480 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3481 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3484 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3485 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3487 rel_head
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
3489 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3491 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3494 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3501 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3506 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3507 We really need local syms available to do this
3509 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3510 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3511 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3514 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3516 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3521 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3525 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3526 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3527 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3529 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3531 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3533 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3536 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3539 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3553 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3554 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3556 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3558 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3559 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3560 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3561 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3563 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3564 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3566 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3567 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3569 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3571 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3572 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3573 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3577 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3579 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3580 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3583 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3586 /* xgettext:c-format */
3587 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3591 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3594 /* xgettext:c-format */
3595 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3599 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3602 /* xgettext:c-format */
3603 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3604 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3607 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3610 /* xgettext:c-format */
3611 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3612 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3616 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3617 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3620 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3622 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3623 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3626 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3629 /* xgettext:c-format */
3630 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3631 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3634 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3637 /* xgettext:c-format */
3638 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3639 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3642 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3645 /* xgettext:c-format */
3646 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3647 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3650 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3653 /* xgettext:c-format */
3654 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3655 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3662 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3668 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3669 there are conflicting attributes. */
3671 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3674 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3675 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3678 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3681 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3682 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3683 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3685 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3686 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3687 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3688 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3690 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3692 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3693 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3694 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3698 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3700 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3701 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3704 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3705 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3706 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3707 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3709 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3711 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3713 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3714 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3717 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3720 /* xgettext:c-format */
3721 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3723 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3726 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3729 /* xgettext:c-format */
3730 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3732 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3737 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3738 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3739 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3740 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3741 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3743 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3744 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3745 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3747 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3749 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3751 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3752 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3755 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3758 /* xgettext:c-format */
3759 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3760 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3761 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3764 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3767 /* xgettext:c-format */
3768 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3769 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3770 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3776 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3780 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3781 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3784 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3785 object file when linking. */
3788 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3790 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3795 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3798 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3799 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3802 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3805 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3808 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3809 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3810 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3812 /* First call, no flags set. */
3813 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3814 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3817 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3818 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3821 /* Incompatible flags. */
3824 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3825 to be linked with either. */
3827 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3828 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3832 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3833 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3835 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3836 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3840 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3841 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3844 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3845 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3846 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3848 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3849 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3850 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3851 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3852 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3853 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3855 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3856 any module uses it. */
3857 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3859 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3860 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3862 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3863 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3867 /* xgettext:c-format */
3868 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3869 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3870 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3875 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3884 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3885 asection
*input_section
,
3886 unsigned long offset
,
3889 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3892 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3894 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3895 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3896 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3897 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3898 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3899 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3900 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3902 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3905 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3908 /* xgettext:c-format */
3909 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3910 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3913 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3915 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3916 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3917 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3918 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3919 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3921 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3924 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3927 /* xgettext:c-format */
3928 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3929 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3932 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3934 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3935 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3936 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3938 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3939 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3940 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3945 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3946 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3948 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3949 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3953 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3957 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3958 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3959 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3960 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3961 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3962 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3963 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3964 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3965 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3969 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3970 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3972 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3973 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3975 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3978 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3980 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3982 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3984 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3985 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3986 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3987 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3988 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3989 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3990 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3993 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3994 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3996 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3997 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3998 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3999 r30 to be set up. */
4000 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4005 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4007 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4008 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4009 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4010 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4011 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4013 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4014 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4016 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4018 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4021 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4025 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4028 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4030 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4031 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4033 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4036 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4038 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4040 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4041 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4043 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4044 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4045 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4048 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4049 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4050 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4055 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4056 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4057 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4060 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4063 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4067 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4068 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4069 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4070 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4071 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4074 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4076 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4077 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4081 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4085 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4086 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4088 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4089 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4090 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4093 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4095 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4097 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4098 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4100 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4101 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4102 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4103 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4111 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4113 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4114 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4115 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4116 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4120 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4121 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4125 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4126 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4128 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4130 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4131 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4132 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4133 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4134 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4135 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4137 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4139 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4147 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4148 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4150 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4152 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4153 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4156 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4157 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4159 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4160 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4161 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4162 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4163 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4165 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4171 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4172 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4175 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4177 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4180 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4182 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4186 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4187 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4188 between the call and its destination. */
4192 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4193 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4195 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4197 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4198 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4201 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4202 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4204 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4206 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4210 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4211 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4212 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4213 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4214 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4215 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4216 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4217 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4218 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4219 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4220 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4221 together except their symbol. */
4223 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4225 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4226 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4228 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4232 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4234 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4235 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4236 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4238 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4240 /* Read the relocations. */
4241 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4243 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4246 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4247 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4249 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4250 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4252 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4253 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4254 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4256 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4257 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4260 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4261 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4264 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4266 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4267 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4272 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4276 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4279 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4280 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4281 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4282 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4283 + sec
->output_offset
4284 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4285 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4286 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4289 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4293 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4294 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4296 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4299 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4306 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4307 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4310 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4312 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4314 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4315 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4316 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4317 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4318 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4320 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4322 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4323 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4324 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4326 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4327 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4329 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4330 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4331 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4332 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4333 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4334 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4336 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4338 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4339 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4341 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4342 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4343 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4347 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4348 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4349 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4351 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4353 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4355 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4357 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4360 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4365 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4367 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4368 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4369 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4371 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4372 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4375 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4378 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4382 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4383 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4384 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4386 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4387 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4388 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4390 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4392 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4393 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4395 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4396 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4397 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4398 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4405 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4409 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4410 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4414 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4417 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4420 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4424 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4425 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4426 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4427 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4428 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4429 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4430 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4431 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4433 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4434 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4436 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4437 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4439 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4440 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4442 /* Read the relocations. */
4443 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4445 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4448 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4449 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4451 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4452 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4453 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4454 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4455 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4456 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4457 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4459 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4460 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4462 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4464 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4465 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4466 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4467 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4468 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4471 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4472 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4473 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4474 without marker relocs, then check that each
4475 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4476 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4477 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4478 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4480 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4482 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4483 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4484 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4486 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4487 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4488 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4489 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4494 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4497 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4498 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4499 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4503 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4504 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4505 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4506 that turns out to be the case. */
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4516 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4517 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4521 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4527 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4534 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4539 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4550 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4551 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4554 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4556 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4557 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4558 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4560 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4562 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4563 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4564 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4565 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4566 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4569 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4572 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4573 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4574 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4577 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4578 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4584 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4595 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4596 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4599 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4600 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4601 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4604 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4605 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4606 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4607 the entire optimization. */
4608 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4609 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4610 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4611 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4618 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4619 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4623 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4624 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4625 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4627 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4628 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4630 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4631 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4632 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4633 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4634 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4635 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4638 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4639 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4640 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4641 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4642 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4643 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4644 Disable optimization in this case. */
4645 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4646 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4647 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4648 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4651 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4653 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4656 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4657 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4658 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4659 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4660 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4662 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4663 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4670 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4675 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4676 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4679 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4683 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4687 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4690 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4692 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4694 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4696 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
4698 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4704 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4705 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4706 size_dynamic_sections. */
4709 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4711 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4714 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4716 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4717 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4722 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4725 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4727 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4729 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4730 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4735 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4736 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4737 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4738 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4742 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4743 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4745 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4749 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4750 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4753 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4754 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4755 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4757 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4761 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4763 /* Deal with function syms. */
4764 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4765 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4768 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4769 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4770 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4771 function symbol is local. */
4772 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4773 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4775 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4776 won't need a .plt entry. */
4777 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4778 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4779 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4782 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4784 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4785 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4786 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4788 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4790 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4791 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4792 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4794 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4796 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4797 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4798 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4800 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4804 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4805 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4806 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4807 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4808 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4809 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4810 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4811 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4813 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4815 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4816 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4817 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4818 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4819 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4821 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4822 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4823 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4824 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4825 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4827 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4828 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4829 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4830 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4832 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4833 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4837 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4839 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4840 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4841 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4842 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4844 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4845 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4846 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4847 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4848 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4849 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4850 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4851 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4855 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4856 is not a function. */
4858 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4859 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4860 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4861 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4862 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4864 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4868 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4869 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4870 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4872 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4876 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4877 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4878 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4879 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4880 if (h
->protected_def
)
4882 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4883 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4884 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4885 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4886 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4887 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4891 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4892 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4895 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4896 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4897 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4898 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4899 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4901 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4902 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4903 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4905 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4908 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4909 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4910 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4911 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4912 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4913 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4914 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4915 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4916 same memory location for the variable.
4918 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4919 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4920 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4922 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4923 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4925 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4926 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4928 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4932 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4933 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4934 and into the runtime process image. */
4935 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4936 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4937 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4938 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4940 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4941 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4942 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4946 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4947 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4948 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4951 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4952 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4953 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4954 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4955 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4958 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4959 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4960 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4962 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4963 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4966 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4968 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4969 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4971 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4973 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4974 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4977 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4978 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4981 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4983 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4984 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4985 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4986 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4989 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4991 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4992 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4993 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4994 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4995 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4996 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4997 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4999 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5004 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5005 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5008 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5011 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5013 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5015 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5016 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5020 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5021 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5023 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5024 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5028 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5029 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5031 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5032 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5034 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5035 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5041 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5042 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5044 static inline unsigned int
5045 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5048 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5053 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5055 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5057 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5063 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5066 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5067 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5069 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5071 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5072 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5073 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5074 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5077 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5078 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5082 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5085 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5087 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5088 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5089 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5090 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5093 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5096 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5097 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5098 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5099 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5100 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5101 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5102 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5103 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5104 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5108 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5109 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5113 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5115 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5116 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5117 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5118 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5119 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5123 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5125 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5128 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5129 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5130 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5131 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5132 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5133 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5134 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5135 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5136 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5140 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5141 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5142 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5143 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5144 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5145 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5151 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5153 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5154 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5155 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5156 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5157 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5159 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5160 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5161 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5162 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5164 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5165 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5166 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5167 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5169 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5172 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5173 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5174 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5175 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5177 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5179 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5180 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5181 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5182 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5183 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5184 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5185 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5187 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5189 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5191 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5200 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5202 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5204 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5206 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5213 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5215 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5216 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5220 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5222 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5223 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5225 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5227 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5228 && !(h
->protected_def
5229 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5230 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5231 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5233 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5234 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5237 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5238 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5241 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5244 /* Allocate space. */
5245 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5247 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5248 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5249 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5250 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5253 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5254 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5257 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5258 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5259 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5261 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5262 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5265 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5266 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5267 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5268 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5270 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5271 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5272 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5274 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5275 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5277 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5281 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5287 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5291 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5294 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5296 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5297 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5301 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5303 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5304 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5307 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5311 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5312 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5314 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5316 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5317 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5325 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5326 for the special first entry. */
5328 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5330 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5331 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5332 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5333 word available at the end. */
5334 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5335 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5337 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5338 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5340 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5341 file, and we are not generating a shared
5342 library, then set the symbol to this location
5343 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5344 relocations, and is required to make
5345 function pointers compare as equal between
5346 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5347 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5351 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5352 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5355 /* Make room for this entry. */
5356 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5357 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5359 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5360 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5361 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5362 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5363 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5365 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5368 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5373 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5375 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5376 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5378 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5380 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5381 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5386 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5388 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5390 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5391 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5392 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5395 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5397 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5398 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5399 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5402 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5403 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5404 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5407 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5409 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5416 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5420 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5426 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5433 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5434 read-only sections. */
5437 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *info_p
)
5441 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5444 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
5447 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) info_p
;
5449 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5450 info
->callbacks
->minfo
5451 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5452 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
5454 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5460 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5462 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5463 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5464 1, /* CIE version. */
5465 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5466 4, /* Code alignment. */
5467 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5469 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5470 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5471 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5474 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5477 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5478 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5480 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5486 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5489 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5490 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5492 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5494 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5495 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5497 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5498 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5499 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5500 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5504 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5505 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5506 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5507 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5509 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5511 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5513 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5514 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5515 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5516 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5518 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5519 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5521 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5524 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5526 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5528 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5529 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5533 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5534 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5536 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5537 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5538 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5541 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
5542 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5545 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5546 handled specially by the loader. */
5548 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5550 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5552 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5553 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5554 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5555 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5556 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5558 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5559 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5560 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5566 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5570 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5571 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5572 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5573 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5574 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5575 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5577 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5581 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5582 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5583 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5585 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5588 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5589 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5590 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5591 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5595 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5596 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5597 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5598 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5604 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5606 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5609 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5610 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5611 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5613 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5614 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5615 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5617 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5618 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5620 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5622 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5623 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5625 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5633 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5636 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5638 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5641 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5642 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5644 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5648 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5650 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5651 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5653 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5655 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5656 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5662 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5666 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5667 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5669 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5671 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5672 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5673 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5676 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5678 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5680 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5682 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5683 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5684 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5685 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5686 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5688 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5689 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5691 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5694 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5696 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5698 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5700 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5701 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5703 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5705 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5707 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5708 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5709 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5710 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5711 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5714 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5715 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5716 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5718 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5719 /* Space for the branch table. */
5721 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5722 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5723 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5725 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5727 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5729 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5730 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5731 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5734 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5736 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5737 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5738 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5739 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5740 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5741 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5742 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5744 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5746 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5747 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5750 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5752 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5753 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5754 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5755 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5756 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5757 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5758 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5760 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5765 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5766 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5767 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5768 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5769 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5771 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5772 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5773 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5776 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5781 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5782 Allocate memory for them. */
5784 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5786 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5788 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5791 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5792 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5794 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5795 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5796 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5797 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5798 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5799 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5802 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5803 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5805 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5806 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5808 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5809 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5810 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5812 /* Strip these too. */
5814 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5815 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5817 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5819 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5823 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5826 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5827 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5833 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5837 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5839 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5840 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5841 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5842 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5843 before the linker maps input sections to output
5844 sections. The linker does that before
5845 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5846 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5847 into these sections. */
5848 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5852 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5855 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5856 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5857 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5861 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5863 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5864 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5865 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5866 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5867 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5868 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5869 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5871 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
5873 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5877 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
5879 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
5880 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
5881 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
5882 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
5886 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5887 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5888 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5890 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5892 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5893 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5894 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5895 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5901 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
5902 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
5903 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
5907 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5908 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5909 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
5910 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), maybe_set_textrel
,
5913 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5915 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5918 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5919 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
5922 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5924 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5925 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5927 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5930 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5931 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5932 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5933 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5935 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5936 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5939 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5940 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5942 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5945 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5950 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5951 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5953 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5955 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5958 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5961 else if (adv
< 65536)
5963 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5964 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5969 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5970 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5973 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5976 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5977 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5980 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5981 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5987 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5988 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5991 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5993 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5995 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5999 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
6000 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
6002 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
6003 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
6005 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
6006 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6007 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
6008 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6015 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6017 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6021 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6022 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6027 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6030 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6032 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6034 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6035 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6038 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6041 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6043 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6044 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6045 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6047 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6048 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6049 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6050 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6051 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6052 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6053 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6054 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6057 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6059 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6060 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6061 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6062 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6065 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6067 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6068 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6071 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6072 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6073 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6074 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6077 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6079 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6082 struct one_branch_fixup
6084 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6086 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6087 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6093 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6094 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6095 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6096 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6097 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6098 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6099 unsigned changes
= 0;
6100 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6101 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6102 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6104 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6108 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6109 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6110 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6111 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6115 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6116 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6118 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6121 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6125 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6126 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6127 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6128 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6130 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6131 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6132 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6134 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6135 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6137 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6139 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6140 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6141 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6144 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6145 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6148 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6149 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6150 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6151 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6152 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6155 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6157 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6158 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6160 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6161 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6163 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6164 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6165 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6169 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6171 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6172 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6174 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6177 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6178 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6179 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6182 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6183 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6184 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6185 unsigned char sym_type
;
6190 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6191 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6193 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6197 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6198 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6199 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6202 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6203 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6211 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6212 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6213 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6220 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6221 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6225 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6226 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6231 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6232 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6233 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6237 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6238 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6239 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6244 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6245 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6246 branch stub in that case. */
6247 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6248 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6249 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6251 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6252 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6253 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6255 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6256 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6257 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6258 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6259 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6261 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6263 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6265 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6266 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6267 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6268 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6269 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6274 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6275 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6277 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6278 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6279 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6282 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6285 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6287 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6288 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6289 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6290 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6292 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6293 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6294 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6295 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6302 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6307 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6308 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6309 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6313 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6314 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6315 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6316 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6320 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6321 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6322 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6323 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6325 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6326 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6328 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6329 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6330 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6331 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6336 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6338 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6339 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6340 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6343 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6345 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6346 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6349 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6353 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6354 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6359 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6360 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6365 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6366 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6367 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6368 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6369 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6370 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6371 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6372 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6373 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6376 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6377 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6378 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6379 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6380 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6381 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6383 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6384 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6385 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6386 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6387 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6389 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6390 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6391 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6392 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6393 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6394 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6395 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6396 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6397 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6398 location of interest is just "sym". */
6399 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6400 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6401 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6404 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6405 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6408 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6409 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6410 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6412 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6413 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6414 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6416 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6417 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6418 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6419 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6420 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6421 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6424 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6426 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6427 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6428 fixup can be created at final link.
6429 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6430 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6431 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6432 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6433 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6436 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6437 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6438 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6439 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6440 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6441 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6443 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6445 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6446 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6447 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6448 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6452 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6453 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6454 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6460 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6462 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6463 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6464 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6465 one. We'll report an error later. */
6468 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6470 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6475 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6478 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6479 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6480 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6482 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6483 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6484 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6487 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6488 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6489 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6491 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6492 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6493 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6496 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6497 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6498 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6501 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6509 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6510 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6513 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6514 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6517 /* Get the section contents. */
6518 if (contents
== NULL
)
6520 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6521 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6522 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6523 /* Go get them off disk. */
6524 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6528 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6529 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6533 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6534 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6535 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6537 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6538 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6542 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6543 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6544 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6547 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6552 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6554 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6555 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6560 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6562 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6563 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6564 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6566 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6567 unsigned int crossings
;
6568 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6570 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6571 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6573 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6576 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6577 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6578 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6579 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6580 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6581 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6583 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6584 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6586 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6587 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6589 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6592 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6594 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6595 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6596 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6597 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6600 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6601 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6604 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6606 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6610 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6611 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6615 if (contents
!= NULL
6616 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6618 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6622 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6623 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6627 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6630 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6631 information for the trampolines. */
6632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6633 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6634 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6639 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6640 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6641 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6643 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6645 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6647 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6648 free (internal_relocs
);
6649 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6650 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6651 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6652 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6654 else if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6655 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6656 free (internal_relocs
);
6658 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6662 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6664 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6665 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6668 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
&& (unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6670 if (contents
!= NULL
6671 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6673 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6674 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6675 free (internal_relocs
);
6679 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6680 discarded sections. */
6683 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6685 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6688 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6691 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6694 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6697 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6698 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6699 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6701 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6703 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6705 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6709 /* Handle global symbol. */
6710 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6712 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6713 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6714 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6718 /* Handle local symbol. */
6719 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6721 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6722 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6723 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6726 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6729 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6731 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6732 as a "written" flag. */
6733 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6735 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6736 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6737 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6738 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6741 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6742 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6743 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6744 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6748 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6749 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6755 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6756 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6757 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6760 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6761 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6762 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6764 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6765 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6767 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6770 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6771 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6779 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6783 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6787 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6791 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6792 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6793 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6795 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6799 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6801 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6802 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6803 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6804 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6808 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6809 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6814 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6819 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6821 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6824 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6826 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6830 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6835 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6838 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6840 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6841 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6842 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6843 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6846 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6847 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6848 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6851 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6855 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6858 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6859 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6860 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6861 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6865 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6868 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6869 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6870 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6871 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6872 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6873 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6874 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6875 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6876 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6877 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6879 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6886 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6887 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6888 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6891 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6893 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6894 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6895 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6896 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6897 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6898 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6899 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6900 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6901 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6902 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6903 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6904 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6905 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6906 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6907 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6908 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6909 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6911 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6912 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6914 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6916 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6917 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6918 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6919 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6921 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6922 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6923 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6924 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6932 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6934 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6935 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6936 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6937 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6941 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6943 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6944 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6945 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6948 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6949 to handle the relocations for a section.
6951 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6952 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6955 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6956 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6957 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6960 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6961 address or the reloc symbol index.
6963 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6965 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6966 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6968 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6969 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6971 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6972 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6973 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6974 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6978 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6979 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6981 asection
*input_section
,
6983 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6984 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6985 asection
**local_sections
)
6987 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6988 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6989 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6990 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6991 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6992 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6993 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6995 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6996 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
6997 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6998 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
6999 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
7000 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
7003 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7004 "%ld relocations%s",
7005 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7006 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
7007 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7010 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
7012 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7016 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7018 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7019 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7020 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7022 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7023 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7024 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7025 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7026 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7027 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7028 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7029 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7031 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7032 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7033 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7034 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7035 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7037 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7039 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7040 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7042 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7043 const char *sym_name
;
7044 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7045 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7047 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7048 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7050 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7051 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7052 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7055 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7059 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7061 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7063 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7065 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7066 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7067 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7069 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7073 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7075 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7076 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7078 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7080 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7083 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7085 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7086 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7087 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7089 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7090 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7092 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7093 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7094 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7098 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7099 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7100 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7101 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7102 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7103 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7109 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7112 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7113 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7115 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7116 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7117 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7119 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7120 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7121 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7125 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7126 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7127 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7128 for the final instruction stream. */
7132 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7133 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7135 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7138 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7139 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7140 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7143 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7144 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7145 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7146 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7147 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7148 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7149 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7150 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7151 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7158 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7159 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7160 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7161 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7165 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7166 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7168 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7169 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7170 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7171 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7172 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7177 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7178 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7182 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7183 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7186 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7187 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7188 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7190 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7191 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7192 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7196 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7197 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7199 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7203 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7204 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7205 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7208 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7209 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7210 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7213 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7214 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7215 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7217 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7221 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7222 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7224 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7228 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7229 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7230 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7232 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7236 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7237 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7238 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7239 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7240 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7241 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7242 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7244 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7245 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7246 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7247 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7248 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7249 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7250 intervening code. */
7251 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7252 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7253 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7256 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7257 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7258 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7260 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7261 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7262 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7264 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7265 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7266 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7271 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7272 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7275 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7277 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7279 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7281 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7282 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7283 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7284 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7285 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7286 + sec
->output_offset
7287 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7289 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7290 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7291 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7293 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7294 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7295 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7296 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7297 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7300 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7301 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7304 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7305 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7312 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7313 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7316 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7318 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7320 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7321 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7325 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7328 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7329 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7334 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7335 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7336 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7338 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7339 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7340 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7341 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7342 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7347 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7348 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7352 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7354 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7355 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7360 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7362 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7364 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7365 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7366 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7367 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7368 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7369 + sec
->output_offset
7370 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7372 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7373 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7374 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7375 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7376 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7377 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7378 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7379 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7385 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7392 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7393 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7394 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7395 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7398 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7399 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7400 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7404 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7405 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7408 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7409 + input_section
->output_offset
7410 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7412 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7413 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7414 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7416 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7420 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7424 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7425 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7426 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7427 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7429 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7431 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7432 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7433 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7434 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7437 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7438 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7439 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7440 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7441 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7446 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7450 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7451 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7452 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7454 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7455 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7458 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7460 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7461 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7462 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7463 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7469 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7470 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7471 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7473 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7474 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7475 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7476 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7477 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7479 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7480 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7481 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7482 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7483 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7484 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7485 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7486 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7488 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7489 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7491 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7493 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7494 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7495 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7496 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7498 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7499 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7501 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7502 output is reasonable. */
7503 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7505 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7506 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7507 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7509 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7511 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7515 /* xgettext:c-format */
7516 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7517 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7518 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7519 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7521 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7523 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7524 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7525 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7526 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7527 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7528 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7529 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7530 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7531 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7532 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7533 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7534 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7535 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7536 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7537 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7538 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7539 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7541 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7542 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7544 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7546 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7547 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7551 /* xgettext:c-format */
7552 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7553 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7554 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7555 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7560 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7562 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7566 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7567 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7569 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7570 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7572 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7574 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7575 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7576 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7581 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7582 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7583 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7584 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7585 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7588 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7589 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7590 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7591 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7592 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7593 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7594 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7598 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7600 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7601 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7603 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7605 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7606 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7607 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7608 apparently are using code compiled with
7609 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7610 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7611 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7612 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7614 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7615 /* xgettext:c-format */
7616 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7617 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7620 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7621 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7622 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7624 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7625 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7626 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7627 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7629 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7630 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7635 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7636 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7638 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7639 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7646 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7647 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7649 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7650 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7651 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7652 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7653 /* xgettext:c-format */
7654 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7655 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7656 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7658 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7662 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7663 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7665 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7666 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7667 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7669 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7678 /* xgettext:c-format */
7679 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7680 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7682 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7690 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7691 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7692 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7695 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7696 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7697 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7698 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7699 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7700 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7701 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7702 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7703 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7706 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7707 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7708 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7709 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7710 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7713 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7714 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7715 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7716 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7717 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7720 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7721 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7722 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7723 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7724 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7728 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7729 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7730 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7734 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7740 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7744 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7745 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7746 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7749 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7751 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7752 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7753 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7754 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7755 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7756 because of a version file. */
7761 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7763 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7767 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7769 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7772 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7773 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7774 processed this entry. */
7780 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7781 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7782 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7785 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7787 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7788 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7791 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7792 Initialize them all. */
7797 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7799 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7802 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7804 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7807 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7809 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7810 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7812 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7814 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7818 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7820 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7822 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7824 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7825 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7827 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7832 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7834 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7835 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7836 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7838 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7839 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7841 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7842 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7844 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7845 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7847 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7848 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7849 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7850 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7852 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7854 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7857 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7858 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7859 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7860 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7862 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7863 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7864 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7866 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7867 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7869 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7870 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7872 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7873 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7875 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7878 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7879 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7880 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7881 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7884 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7885 emitting a reloc. */
7888 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7892 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7896 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7899 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7900 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7901 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7904 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7906 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7907 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7911 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7912 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7916 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7925 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7928 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7930 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7932 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7933 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7935 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7937 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7939 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7941 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7948 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7949 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7952 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7953 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7955 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7957 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7958 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7959 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7960 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7962 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7963 /* xgettext:c-format */
7964 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7965 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7971 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7972 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7973 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7974 at a symbol not in this object. */
7975 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7977 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7978 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7985 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7987 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7988 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7989 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7990 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7991 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7992 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7993 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7994 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7995 /* xgettext:c-format */
7996 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7997 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7998 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8002 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8003 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8004 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
8005 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8006 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8007 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8010 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8013 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8014 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
8015 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8017 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8018 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
8020 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8021 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8022 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8023 defined before using them. */
8024 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8025 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8026 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8028 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8031 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8032 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8033 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8034 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8035 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8039 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8040 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8043 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8044 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8045 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8048 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8054 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8055 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8056 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8057 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8061 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8067 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8068 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8069 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8074 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8075 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8076 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8079 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8080 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8081 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8082 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8083 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8084 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8090 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8091 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8092 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8097 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8101 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8103 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8104 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8105 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8107 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8115 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8116 "create relocation for %s\n",
8117 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8118 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8121 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8122 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8125 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8128 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8129 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8130 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8131 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8132 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8134 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8135 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8136 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8137 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8138 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8139 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8140 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8143 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8144 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8147 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8148 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8149 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8150 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8154 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8156 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8160 /* If we get here when building a static
8161 executable, then the libc startup function
8162 responsible for applying indirect function
8163 relocations is going to complain about
8165 If we get here when building a dynamic
8166 executable, it will be because we have
8167 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8168 will set the text segment writable and
8169 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8170 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8171 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8172 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8173 /* xgettext:c-format */
8174 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8175 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8176 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8181 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8183 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8185 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8192 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8193 against a section symbol. It would be
8194 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8195 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8196 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8197 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8198 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8199 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8201 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8206 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8209 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8210 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8212 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8215 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8216 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8218 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8219 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8222 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8224 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8225 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8227 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8230 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8233 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8235 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8236 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8237 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8242 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8243 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8244 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8249 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8250 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8253 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8260 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8261 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8264 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8265 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8267 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8269 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8270 got2_addend
= addend
;
8273 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8274 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8275 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8276 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8277 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8279 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8280 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8289 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8292 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8294 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8295 + input_section
->output_offset
8296 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8297 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8298 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8299 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8300 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8302 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8307 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8310 relocation
+= addend
;
8311 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8314 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8316 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8317 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8321 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8322 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8330 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8334 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8335 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8336 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8337 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8338 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8339 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8340 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8341 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8343 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8344 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8348 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8349 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8350 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8351 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8353 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8357 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8358 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8362 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8363 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8364 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8365 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8367 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8371 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8372 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8376 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8377 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8378 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8379 AIX .toc section. */
8380 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8381 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8383 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8386 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8387 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8389 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8392 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8393 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8395 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8397 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8398 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8400 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8402 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8403 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8404 using -Bsymbolic. */
8408 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8409 procedure linkage table. */
8410 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8411 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8412 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8413 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8414 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8416 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8417 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8422 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8423 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8424 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8430 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8431 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8432 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8435 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8436 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8438 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8440 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8441 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8442 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8443 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8445 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8446 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8448 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8450 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8451 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8452 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8456 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8457 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8458 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8460 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8463 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8465 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8467 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8468 + plt
->output_offset
8470 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8474 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8476 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8477 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8479 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8487 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8488 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8491 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8494 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8495 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8497 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8500 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8502 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8503 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8504 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8507 /* xgettext:c-format */
8508 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8509 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8518 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8519 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8522 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8525 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8526 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8528 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8531 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8533 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8534 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8535 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8538 /* xgettext:c-format */
8539 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8540 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8549 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8550 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8551 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8552 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8553 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8556 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8557 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8558 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8559 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8560 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8563 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8564 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8565 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8566 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8567 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8570 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8571 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8572 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8573 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8574 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8577 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8578 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8579 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8580 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8581 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8584 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8585 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8586 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8587 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8588 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8591 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8592 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8593 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8594 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8595 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8600 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8602 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8604 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8608 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8609 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8610 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8613 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8615 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8616 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8619 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8621 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8622 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8629 /* xgettext:c-format */
8630 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8631 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8637 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8644 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8646 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8649 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8652 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8655 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8656 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8657 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8658 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8659 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8660 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8661 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8662 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8663 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8665 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8667 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8668 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8670 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8673 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8677 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8678 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8679 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8680 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8681 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8682 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8683 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8685 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8687 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8688 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8692 /* Fill in register field. */
8693 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8694 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8698 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8699 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8700 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8701 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8702 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8703 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8707 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8709 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8711 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8715 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8716 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8717 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8718 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8719 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8720 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8721 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8725 /* xgettext:c-format */
8726 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8727 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8733 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8738 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8740 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8743 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8745 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8746 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8747 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8749 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8750 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8751 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8752 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8754 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8755 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8757 value
= value
>> 16;
8758 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8759 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8761 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8763 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8765 value
= value
>> 16;
8766 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8767 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8769 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8771 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8773 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8774 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8775 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8777 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8779 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8781 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8782 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8783 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8785 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8790 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8791 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8794 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8796 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8797 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8798 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8799 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8801 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8804 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8807 /* Negative relocations. */
8808 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8809 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8810 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8811 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8812 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8813 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8817 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8818 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8819 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8820 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8822 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8824 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8825 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8826 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8827 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8828 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8829 /* xgettext:c-format */
8830 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8831 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8833 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8844 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8846 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8847 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8849 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8850 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8851 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8852 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8854 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8855 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8856 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8857 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8862 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8863 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8864 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8866 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8867 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8868 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8869 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8870 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8872 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8873 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8874 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8875 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8880 /* Do any further special processing. */
8886 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8887 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8888 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8889 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8890 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8891 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8892 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8893 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8894 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8895 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8896 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8897 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8902 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8903 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8904 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8905 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8906 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8907 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8908 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8909 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8914 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8916 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8917 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8919 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8920 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8921 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8923 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8924 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8925 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8926 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8927 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8928 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8929 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8930 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8931 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8933 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8934 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8935 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8936 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8938 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8939 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8941 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8943 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8947 relocation
+= addend
;
8948 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8949 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8952 relocation
^= lobit
;
8953 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8954 /* xgettext:c-format */
8955 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8956 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8957 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8958 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8966 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8967 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8972 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8976 if (unresolved_reloc
8977 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8979 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8980 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8982 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8983 /* xgettext:c-format */
8984 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8985 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8991 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8992 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8993 have different reloc types. */
8994 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8995 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8996 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8998 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
9000 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
9004 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
9005 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9006 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
9007 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9008 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9009 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9010 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
9012 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9015 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9020 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9022 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9023 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
9024 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9029 relocation
+= addend
;
9030 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9031 + input_section
->output_offset
9032 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9034 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9036 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9037 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9042 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9043 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9045 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9047 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9050 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9051 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9054 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9055 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9056 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9057 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9058 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9059 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9063 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9064 /* xgettext:c-format */
9065 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9066 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9067 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9079 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9081 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9082 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9083 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9085 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9087 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9088 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9093 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9094 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9095 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9099 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9102 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9103 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9104 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9105 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9107 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9108 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9109 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9112 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9113 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9114 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9115 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9116 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9118 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9119 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9121 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9127 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9128 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9129 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9132 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9137 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9138 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9139 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9140 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9141 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9143 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9144 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9145 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9146 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9147 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9151 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9152 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9153 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9154 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9157 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9165 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9166 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9168 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9172 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9189 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9190 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9191 avoid the icache failure.
9193 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9194 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9195 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9196 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9197 unconditional branches:
9198 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9199 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9200 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9201 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9202 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9203 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9204 instruction is not executed.
9209 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9216 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9217 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9218 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9219 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9220 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9221 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9224 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9225 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9228 . nop b somewhere_else
9229 . b somewhere_else nop
9230 . new_page: new_page:
9232 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9233 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9234 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9235 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9236 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9237 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9238 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9241 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9242 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9243 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9244 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9245 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9248 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9249 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9253 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9254 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9255 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9256 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9258 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9260 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9261 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9264 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9266 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9267 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9270 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9271 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9272 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9273 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9279 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9280 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9281 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9282 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9285 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9288 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9289 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9290 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9291 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9294 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9295 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9297 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9299 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9303 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9305 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9306 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9309 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9310 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9320 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9321 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9323 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9325 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9326 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9328 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9330 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9332 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9333 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9334 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9335 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9336 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9338 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9340 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9341 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9342 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9343 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9344 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9346 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9348 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9349 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9350 contents
+ patch_off
);
9352 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9353 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9354 contents
+ patch_off
);
9361 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9363 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9364 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9366 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9367 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9368 contents
+ patch_off
);
9370 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9371 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9372 contents
+ patch_off
);
9374 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9375 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9376 contents
+ patch_off
);
9382 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9384 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9385 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9386 contents
+ patch_off
);
9389 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9390 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9397 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9400 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9402 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9403 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9404 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9405 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9408 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9409 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9413 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9415 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9416 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9417 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9419 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9420 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9421 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9422 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9425 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9426 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9427 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9428 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9429 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9432 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9434 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9435 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9436 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9439 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9441 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9442 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9444 /* Use the right PLT. */
9445 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9446 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9448 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9449 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9451 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9452 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9453 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9454 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9455 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9456 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9460 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9462 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9463 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9464 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9465 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9466 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9467 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9470 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9471 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9472 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9473 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9475 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9476 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9477 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9478 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9479 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9480 prescaled offset. */
9481 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9482 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9483 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9484 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9485 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9486 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9487 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9488 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9490 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9492 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9493 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9494 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9495 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9496 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9497 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9499 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9500 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9501 in this PLT entry. */
9502 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9503 + plt
->output_offset
9504 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9505 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9507 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9509 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9510 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9511 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9512 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9513 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9515 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9516 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9517 + plt
->output_offset
9518 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9519 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9521 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9522 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9523 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9525 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9526 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9527 + plt
->output_offset
9528 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9529 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9531 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9532 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9533 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9535 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9536 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9537 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9538 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9540 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9542 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9543 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9546 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9547 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9548 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9549 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9550 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9551 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9552 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9559 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9560 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9562 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9564 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9565 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9569 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9570 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9573 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9574 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9575 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9580 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9581 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9585 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9586 + plt
->output_offset
9589 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9590 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9591 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9593 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9594 linker will fill it in. */
9598 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9599 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9600 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9601 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9602 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9609 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9610 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9611 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9613 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9614 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9616 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9617 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9618 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9619 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9623 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9624 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9625 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9626 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9627 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9629 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9634 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9635 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9636 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9639 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9641 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9642 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9644 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9645 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9650 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9651 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9653 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9654 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9663 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9666 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9668 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9674 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9676 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9678 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9679 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9680 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9681 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9682 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9683 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9685 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9688 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9692 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9693 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9694 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9695 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9696 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9697 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9698 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9700 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9702 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9704 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9707 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9710 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9711 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9713 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9714 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9719 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9720 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9721 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9723 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9725 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9726 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9727 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9728 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9732 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9733 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9735 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9736 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9740 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9741 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9746 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9747 + plt
->output_offset
9748 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9749 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9750 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9751 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9752 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9754 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9755 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9759 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9760 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9762 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9765 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9771 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9772 dynamic sections here. */
9775 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9776 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9777 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9778 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9780 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9781 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9784 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9785 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9789 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9790 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9791 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9793 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9795 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9796 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9797 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9798 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9799 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9800 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9802 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9803 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9805 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9807 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9808 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9809 function pointer. */
9815 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9816 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9817 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9818 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9819 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9820 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9823 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9824 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9825 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9826 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9827 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9835 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9838 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9841 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9844 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9846 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9848 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9849 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9851 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9852 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9854 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9855 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9857 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9858 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9862 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9868 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9869 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9870 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9871 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9873 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9875 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9876 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9878 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9880 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9881 return reloc_class_relative
;
9882 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9883 return reloc_class_plt
;
9885 return reloc_class_copy
;
9887 return reloc_class_normal
;
9891 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9894 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9895 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9898 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9901 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9904 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9907 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9908 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9909 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9912 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9913 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9915 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9917 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9919 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9921 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9922 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9923 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9925 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9928 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9933 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9934 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9937 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9941 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9945 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9946 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9950 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9954 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9955 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9956 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9957 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9958 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9959 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9960 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9961 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9965 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9966 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9971 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9975 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9976 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9978 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9979 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9981 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9983 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9984 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9986 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9987 so that a function can easily find the address of
9988 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9989 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9990 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9991 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9996 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9997 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9998 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9999 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
10004 /* xgettext:c-format */
10005 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10006 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
10007 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
10008 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
10009 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10013 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10016 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10017 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10018 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10019 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10020 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10022 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10023 /* Use the right PLT. */
10024 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10025 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10026 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10028 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10030 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10032 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10033 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10034 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10035 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10043 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10044 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10045 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10046 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10047 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10049 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10051 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10054 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10056 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10057 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10058 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10060 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10062 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10063 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10065 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10066 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10067 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10069 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10071 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10072 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10074 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10075 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10076 in which symbols were output. */
10077 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10079 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10081 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10082 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10083 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10084 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10086 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10087 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10088 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10089 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10091 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10092 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10093 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10094 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10099 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10100 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10101 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10104 unsigned char *endp
;
10108 * PIC glink code is the following:
10110 * # ith PLT code stub.
10111 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10112 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10116 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10117 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10118 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10119 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10120 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10122 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10128 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10131 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10134 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10135 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10136 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10137 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10140 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10143 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10145 * # ith PLT code stub.
10146 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10147 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10151 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10154 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10155 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10156 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10157 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10160 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10161 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10165 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10166 and perhaps some padding. */
10167 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10168 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10169 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10170 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10171 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10173 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10178 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10182 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10183 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10184 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10186 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10188 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10189 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10190 glink branch table. */
10191 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10193 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10194 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10196 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10197 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10198 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10200 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10204 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10205 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10208 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10209 one other call stub before this one. */
10210 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10212 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10214 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10219 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10220 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10221 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10225 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10226 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10227 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10243 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10245 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10254 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10256 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10259 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10261 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10267 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10269 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10270 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10280 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10283 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10286 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10288 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10292 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10293 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10296 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10299 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10300 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10302 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10305 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10310 /* Offset to .glink. */
10311 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10312 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10313 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10314 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10315 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10316 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10318 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10319 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10320 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10321 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10328 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10329 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10330 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10331 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10332 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10333 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10334 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10335 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10336 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10337 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10338 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10340 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10341 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10345 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10348 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10349 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10350 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10351 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10352 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10353 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10355 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10356 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10357 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10358 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10359 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10360 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10361 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10362 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10364 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10365 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10366 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10367 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10368 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10369 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10370 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10371 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10372 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10373 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10374 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10375 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10376 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10377 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10378 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10379 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10380 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10381 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10382 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10383 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10384 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10385 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10386 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10387 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10388 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10389 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10390 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10391 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10392 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10394 #include "elf32-target.h"
10396 /* FreeBSD Target */
10398 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10399 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10401 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10402 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10403 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10404 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10407 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10410 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10412 #include "elf32-target.h"
10414 /* VxWorks Target */
10416 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10417 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10419 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10420 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10421 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10422 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10426 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10427 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10428 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10430 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10433 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10434 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10436 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10439 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10440 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10441 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10442 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10444 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10446 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10449 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10450 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10451 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10452 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10453 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10454 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10455 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10460 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10462 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10463 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10464 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10465 const char **namep
,
10470 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10474 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10478 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10480 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10481 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10484 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10486 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10487 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10488 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10489 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10490 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10491 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10492 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10493 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10494 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10495 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10496 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10497 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10498 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10499 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10501 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10503 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10504 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10505 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10506 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10507 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10508 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10509 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10510 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10511 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10512 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10513 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10514 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10515 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10516 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10517 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10518 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10519 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10520 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10523 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10525 #include "elf32-target.h"